blob: a268a009528ae74d2477d1165161475774ae0ff9 [file] [log] [blame]
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -080013 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -070063 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070078 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700176 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
177 *
178 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
179 *
180 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
181 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
182 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
183 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800184 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
185 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
186 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700187 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
188 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
189 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
190 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
191 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
192 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
193 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
194 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
196 *
197 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700198 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
199 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700200 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
202 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
203 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
204 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
205 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
206 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
208 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
210 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
211 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
212 *
213 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
214 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
215 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
217 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
219 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
220 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
221 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
222 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700223 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
224 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
225 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
226 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
227 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
229 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
230 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
231 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
232 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800233 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
234 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800236 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700238 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800239 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700240 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
241 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
242 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700243 *
244 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
246 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
247 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
249 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
251 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800252 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
253 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
254 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
255 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
256 * frame).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700257 *
258 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
259 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
262 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
265 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
266 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
267 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700268 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
269 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
271 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
272 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
273 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
274 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
275 *
276 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700277 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
278 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
279 * global regdomain will be returned.
280 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
281 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
282 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
283 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
284 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
285 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
286 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
287 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
288 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700289 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
290 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
291 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
292 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
293 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
294 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
300 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
301 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
302 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700304 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
305 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800306 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700307 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
308 *
309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
310 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
311 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
312 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
314 * added to all specified management frames generated by
315 * kernel/firmware/driver.
316 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
317 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
318 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
319 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
320 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
321 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
322 *
323 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
324 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800325 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700326 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC can be used to
327 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
328 * be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700329 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
330 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
331 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
332 * partial scan results may be available
333 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800334 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800335 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
337 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
338 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
339 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
340 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
341 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
342 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
343 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800344 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
345 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
346 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
347 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
348 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
349 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
350 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
351 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700352 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
353 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
354 * is supplied.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -0700355 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
356 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
357 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800358 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
359 * results available.
360 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
361 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
362 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
363 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
364 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
365 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
366 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
367 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
369 * or noise level
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
371 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
372 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700373 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
374 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
376 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
377 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
378 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700379 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
380 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
381 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
382 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
383 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
384 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
385 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
386 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
387 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
388 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
389 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
390 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
391 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
392 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
393 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
394 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
395 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
396 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
397 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
398 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
399 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
400 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
401 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
402 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
403 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
404 * the beacon hint was processed.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
407 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
408 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
409 * authentication process.
410 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
411 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
412 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
413 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
414 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
415 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
416 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
417 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
418 * to be added to the frame.
419 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
420 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
421 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
422 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
423 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
424 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
425 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
426 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
427 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
429 * pending authentication timed out).
430 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
431 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
432 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700433 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
434 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
435 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
436 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
437 * included).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700438 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
439 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
440 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
441 * primitives).
442 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
443 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
444 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
445 *
446 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
447 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
448 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
449 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
450 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
452 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
453 *
454 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
455 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
456 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
457 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
458 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
459 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
460 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
461 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
462 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
463 * determined by the network interface.
464 *
465 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
466 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
467 * to the driver.
468 *
469 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
470 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
471 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
472 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800473 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
474 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800475 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
478 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
479 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
480 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
481 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
482 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
483 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
484 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
485 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700487 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
488 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
489 * a different BSS is desired.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700490 * Background scan period can optionally be
491 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
492 * if not specified default background scan configuration
493 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
494 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700495 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
496 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -0700497 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
498 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
499 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
500 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
501 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
502 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700503 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
504 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
505 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
506 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
507 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
508 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
509 *
510 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
511 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
512 *
513 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
514 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
515 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
516 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
518 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800519 * frequency for the operation.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700520 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
521 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
522 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
523 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
524 * radio).
525 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
526 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
527 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
528 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
529 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
530 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
532 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
533 * uniquely identify the request.
534 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
535 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
536 *
537 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
538 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
539 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
540 *
541 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
542 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
543 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
544 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
545 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
546 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
547 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
548 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
549 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
550 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
551 * backward compatibility
552 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
553 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
554 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
555 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
556 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800557 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
558 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
559 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
560 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
561 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700562 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
563 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
564 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800565 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
566 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700567 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
568 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
569 * is used during CSA period.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700570 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
571 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
572 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
573 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
574 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
575 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
576 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
577 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
578 * the frame.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
580 * backward compatibility.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700581 *
582 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
583 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
584 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
586 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
587 * levels.
588 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
589 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
590 * reached.
591 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800592 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
593 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700594 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
595 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
596 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
597 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
598 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
599 * precedence when they are used.
600 *
601 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
602 *
603 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
604 * mesh config parameters may be given.
605 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
606 * network is determined by the network interface.
607 *
608 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
609 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
610 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
611 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
612 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
613 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
614 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800615 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
616 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
617 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700618 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
619 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
621 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
622 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800623 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
624 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
625 * depending on the authentication result.
626 *
627 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
628 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
629 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
630 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
631 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
632 * more background information, see
633 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800634 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
635 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
636 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
637 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
638 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
639 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800640 *
641 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
642 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
643 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
644 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
645 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
646 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
647 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
648 *
649 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
650 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
651 *
652 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800653 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
654 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
655 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
656 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
657 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
658 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800659 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
660 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
661 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
662 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
663 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
664 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
665 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
666 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800667 *
668 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
669 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
670 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
671 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
672 * is received.
673 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
674 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
675 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
676 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
677 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
678 *
679 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
680 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
681 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
682 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
683 *
684 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
685 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
686 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
687 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
688 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
689 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
690 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
691 *
692 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
693 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
694 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
695 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
696 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800697 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
698 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
699 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700700 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
701 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800702 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800703 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
704 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
705 * from the remote AP) is completed;
706 *
707 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
708 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
709 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
710 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
711 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
712 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
713 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
714 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700715 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800716 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
717 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
718 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
719 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
720 * public action frame TX.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
722 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
723 *
724 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
725 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
726 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
727 * is used for this.
728 *
729 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
730 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
731 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800732 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
733 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
734 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
735 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
736 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
737 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
738 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
739 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
740 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
743 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
744 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
745 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
746 * while operating on this channel.
747 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
748 * event.
749 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700750 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
751 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
752 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
753 *
754 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
755 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
756 *
757 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
758 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
759 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
760 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
761 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -0700762 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
763 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
764 * complete.
765 *
766 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
767 * return back to normal.
768 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800769 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
771 *
772 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
773 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
774 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
775 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
776 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
778 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
779 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
780 * switch is complete.
781 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800782 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
783 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
784 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
785 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
786 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
787 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
788 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
789 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
790 *
791 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
792 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
793 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
794 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
795 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
796 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700797 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
798 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
799 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
800 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
801 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
802 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
803 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
804 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
805 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
806 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
807 * fail even if the check was successful.
808 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
809 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
810 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
811 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
812 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800813 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
814 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
815 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
818 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
819 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
820 * network is determined by the network interface.
821 *
822 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
823 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
824 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
825 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
826 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
827 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
828 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
829 * AP.
830 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
831 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
832 * when this command completes.
833 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700834 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
835 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
836 * management.
837 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800838 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
839 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
840 * cfg80211_scan_done().
841 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800842 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
843 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
844 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it has been started, the
845 * NAN interface will create or join a cluster. This command must have a
846 * valid %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
847 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL attributes.
848 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
850 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
851 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
852 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
853 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
854 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
855 * of the function upon success.
856 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
857 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
858 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
859 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
860 * which just terminated.
861 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
862 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
863 * the response to this command.
864 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
866 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
867 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
868 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
869 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN configuration. NAN
870 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
871 * It must contain at least one of the following attributes:
872 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL.
873 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
874 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
876 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700877 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
878 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
879 */
880enum nl80211_commands {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800881/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700882 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
883
884 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
885 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
886 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
887 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
888
889 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
890 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
891 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
892 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
893
894 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
895 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
896 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
897 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
898
899 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
900 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700901 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
902 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
903 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
904 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700905
906 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
907 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
908 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
909 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
910
911 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
912 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
913 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
914 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
915
916 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
917
918 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
919 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
920
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800921 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
922 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700923
924 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
925
926 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
927
928 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
929 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
930 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
931 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
932
933 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
934
935 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
936 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
937 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
938 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
939
940 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
941
942 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
943
944 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
945 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
946
947 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
948
949 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
950 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
951 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
952
953 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
954
955 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
956 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
957
958 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
959 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
960 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
961
962 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
963 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
964
965 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
966
967 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
968 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
969 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
970 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
971 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
972 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
973
974 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
975 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
976
977 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
978 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
979
980 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
981 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
982
983 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
984
985 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
986 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
987
988 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
989 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
990
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800991 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
992
993 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
994 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
995
996 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
997 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
998 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
999 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1000
1001 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1002
1003 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1004
1005 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1006 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1007
1008 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1009
1010 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1011
1012 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1013
1014 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1015
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001016 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1017
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001018 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1019
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001020 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1021 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1022
1023 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1024
1025 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1026
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001027 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1028
1029 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1030
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001031 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1032
1033 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1034 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1035
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001036 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1037 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1038
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001039 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1040 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1041
1042 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1043
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001044 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1045
1046 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1047
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001048 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1049 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1050
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001051 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1054 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1055
1056 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1057
1058 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1059 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1060
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001061 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1062
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001063 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1064
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001065 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1066 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1067 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1068 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1069 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1070 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1071
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001072 /* add new commands above here */
1073
1074 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1075 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1076 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1077};
1078
1079/*
1080 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1081 * here
1082 */
1083#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1084#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1085#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1086#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1087#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1088#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1089#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1090#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1091
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001092#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1093
1094/* source-level API compatibility */
1095#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1096#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1097#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1098
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001099/**
1100 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1101 *
1102 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1103 *
1104 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1105 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1106 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1107 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001108 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1109 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1110 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1111 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1112 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1113 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1114 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1115 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1116 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1117 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1118 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1119 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001120 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001121 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001122 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1123 * this attribute)
1124 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1125 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1126 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001127 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001128 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1129 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1130 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1131 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1132 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1133 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1134 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1135 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1136 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1137 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1138 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1139 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1140 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1141 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1142 *
1143 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1144 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1145 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1146 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001147 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1148 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1149 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001150 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1151 *
1152 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1153 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1154 * keys
1155 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1156 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1157 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1158 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1159 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001160 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1161 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1162 * default management key
1163 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1164 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1165 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1166 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001167 *
1168 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1169 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1170 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1171 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1172 *
1173 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1174 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1175 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1176 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1177 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1178 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1179 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1180 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1181 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1182 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1183 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1184 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1185 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1186 *
1187 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1188 * consisting of a nested array.
1189 *
1190 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001191 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1192 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1194 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1195 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1196 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1197 *
1198 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1199 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1200 *
1201 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1202 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1203 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1204 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1205 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1206 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001207 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001208 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1209 * to a specific alpha2.
1210 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1211 * rules.
1212 *
1213 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1215 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1216 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1217 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1219 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1220 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1221 *
1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1223 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1224 *
1225 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1226 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1227 * of the interface mode.
1228 *
1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1230 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1231 *
1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1233 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1234 *
1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1236 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001237 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1238 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001239 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1240 * that can be added to a scan request
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001241 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1242 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1243 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1244 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001245 *
1246 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1248 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1249 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1250 *
1251 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1252 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1254 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1255 *
1256 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1257 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1258 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1259 *
1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1261 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1262 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1264 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1265 * represented as a u32
1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1267 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1268 *
1269 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1270 * a u32
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1273 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1274 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1275 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1276 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1278 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1279 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1280 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1281 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1282 *
1283 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1284 * cipher suites
1285 *
1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1287 * for other networks on different channels
1288 *
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1290 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1291 *
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1293 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1294 * this attribute can be used
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001295 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001296 *
1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1298 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1299 *
1300 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1301 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1302 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1303 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1304 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1305 * default in station mode.
1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1307 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1308 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1309 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1310 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1311 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1312 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1313 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1314 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1315 *
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1317 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1318 *
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1320 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1321 * a local disconnect request.
1322 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1323 * event (u16)
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001325 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1326 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001327 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001328 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1329 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001330 * (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001331 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1332 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1333 * u32).
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1335 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001336 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001337 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1338 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001339 *
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1341 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1343 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1344 *
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001345 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1346 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1347 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1348 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1349 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001350 *
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1352 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1354 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1355 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1356 *
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1358 *
1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1360 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1361 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1362 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1363 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1364 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1365 * completely from scratch.
1366 *
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1368 *
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1370 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1371 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1372 *
1373 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1375 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1376 *
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1378 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1379 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1380 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1381 *
1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1383 *
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1385 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1386 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1387 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1388 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001389 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1390 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1391 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1392 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1393 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1394 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1395 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001396 *
1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1398 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1400 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1402 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1403 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1404 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1406 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1407 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1408 *
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1410 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1411 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001412 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1413 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001414 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1415 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1416 *
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1418 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1419 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1420 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1421 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1422 *
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1424 * connected to this BSS.
1425 *
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1427 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1429 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1430 * for non-automatic settings.
1431 *
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1433 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1434 *
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1436 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1437 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1438 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1439 *
1440 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1441 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1442 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1443 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1444 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1445 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1446 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1447 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1448 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1449 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1450 *
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1452 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1453 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1454 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001455 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1456 *
1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1458 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1459 *
1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1461 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001462 *
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1464 *
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1466 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1467 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1468 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1469 * nl80211 capability flag.
1470 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001471 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001472 *
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1474 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1475 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1476 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001477 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1478 * changed once the mesh is active.
1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1480 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1482 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1483 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001484 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1485 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1486 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1487 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1490 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1492 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1493 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1494 * triggers.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001495 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001496 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1497 * cycles, in msecs.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001498 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001499 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1500 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1501 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1502 * pass-thru filter rules.
1503 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1504 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1505 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1506 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1507 * able to ignore them by itself.
1508 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1509 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1510 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1511 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1512 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1513 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1514 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1515 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1516 *
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1518 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1519 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1521 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1522 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1523 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1524 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001525 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001526 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1527 *
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1529 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1530 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1531 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1532 *
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1534 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1535 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1538 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1539 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1540 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1542 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1543 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1544 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1545 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1548 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1550 * as AP.
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1553 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1554 *
1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1556 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1557 *
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1559 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1560 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1561 * applications use this attribute.
1562 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1563 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1564 *
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1566 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1567 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1569 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1571 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1573 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1575 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1576 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1577 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1580 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1581 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1582 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1585 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1586 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1587 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1588 *
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1590 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001592 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1593 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1594 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1595 *
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1597 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1598 * to be filled by the FW.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001599 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1600 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1602 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1603 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1604 * The values that may be configured are:
1605 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1606 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1607 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1608 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1609 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1610 *
1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1612 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1613 * to one DFS region.
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1616 * up to 16 TIDs.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001617 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001618 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1619 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1620 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1621 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1622 * capability to timeout the stations.
1623 *
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1625 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1626 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1629 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1630 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001631 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1632 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1633 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1634 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1635 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1636 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1638 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1639 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1640 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001641 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1642 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1643 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1644 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1645 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1646 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1647 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1648 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1649 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1650 * consistent.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1653 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1654 *
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1656 *
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001657 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1658 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1660 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1661 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1662 * no change is made.
1663 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001664 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1665 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1666 *
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1668 * carried in a u32 attribute
1669 *
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1671 * MAC ACL.
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1674 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1675 * ACL.
1676 *
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1678 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1681 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1682 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1684 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1687 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1690 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1691 * and PU-APSD.
1692 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001693 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1694 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1697 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1698 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1701 *
1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1703 * Element
1704 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001705 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1706 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1708 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1709 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07001710 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1711 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1712 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1713 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1714 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001715 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1718 * until the channel switch event.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1720 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1721 * operation).
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1723 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001724 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1725 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1727 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1730 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1735 * supported operating classes.
1736 *
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1738 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1739 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1740 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1741 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1742 * IBSS network.
1743 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001744 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1745 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1747 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1748 *
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1750 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1751 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION; u8 attribute.
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1754 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1757 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1759 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1762 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1763 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1764 *
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08001765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1769 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1770 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1771 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1772 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1773 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1774 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1776 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1778 * supported number of csa counters.
1779 *
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07001780 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1781 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1782 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001783 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001784 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001785 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001786 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1787 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1788 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1789 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1790 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1791 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1792 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001793 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1794 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1795 * the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1796 * and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1797 * socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1798 * notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07001799 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001800 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1801 * the TDLS link initiator.
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1804 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1805 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1806 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1807 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1808 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1809 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001810 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1811 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001812 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1813 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1814 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1817 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1818 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1819 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1820 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1825 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1828 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1829 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001830 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1833 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001834 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1835 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1836 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1837 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1840 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1841 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1842 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1843 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1844 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1845 *
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1847 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1848 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1849 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1850 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1851 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1852 * over all channels.
1853 *
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08001854 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001855 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1856 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1857 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001858
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1860 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1861 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1863 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1865 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1867 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1869 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1870 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1871 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1872 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1873 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08001874 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1875 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1876 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1877 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001878 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1879 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1880 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1881 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1882 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1883 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1884 *
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1886 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001887 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07001888 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1891 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1892 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1893 * interface type.
1894 *
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07001895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1896 * groupID for monitor mode.
1897 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1898 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1899 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1900 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
1901 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1902 * each group.
1903 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1904 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
1905 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1906 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1907 * groupID data.
1908 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1910 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1911 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1912 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1915 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1916 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1917 * attribute must not be included).
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
1919 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
1921 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
1922 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
1923 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
1924 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
1926 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
1927 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
1928 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
1929 *
1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
1931 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
1932 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001933 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
1934 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1935 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
1936 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
1937 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL: NAN dual band operation config (see
1939 * &enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf). This attribute is used with
1940 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
1941 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
1943 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
1944 * attribute.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
1946 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
1948 * protection.
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
1950 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
1951 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
1952 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001953 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001954 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
1955 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1956 */
1957enum nl80211_attrs {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001958/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001959 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
1960
1961 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
1962 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
1963
1964 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
1965 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
1966 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
1967
1968 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
1969
1970 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
1971 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
1972 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
1973 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
1974 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
1975
1976 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
1977 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
1978 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
1979 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
1980
1981 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
1982 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
1983 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
1984 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
1985 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
1986 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
1987
1988 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
1989
1990 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
1991
1992 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
1993 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
1994 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
1995 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
1996
1997 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
1998 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
1999 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2000
2001 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2002
2003 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2004
2005 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2006 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2007
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002008 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002009
2010 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2011
2012 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2013 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2014 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2015
2016 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2017
2018 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2019 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2020
2021 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2022
2023 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2024 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2025 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2026 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2027
2028 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2029 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2030
2031 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2032
2033 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2034 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2035 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2036 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2037
2038 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2039
2040 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2041 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2042
2043 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2044 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2045
2046 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2047
2048
2049 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2050 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2051 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2052 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2053
2054 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2055
2056 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2057
2058 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2059
2060 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2061
2062 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2063
2064 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2065
2066 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2067 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2068
2069 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2070 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2071 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2072 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2073
2074 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2075 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2076
2077 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2078
2079 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2080 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2081
2082 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2083
2084 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2085
2086 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2087
2088 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2089 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2090
2091 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2092
2093 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2094
2095 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2096
2097 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2098
2099 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2100
2101 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2102
2103 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2104
2105 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2106
2107 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2108
2109 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2110
2111 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2112 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2113
2114 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2115 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2116 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2117
2118 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2119 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2120
2121 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2122
2123 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2124 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2125
2126 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2127
2128 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2129
2130 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2131
2132 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2133
2134 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2135
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002136 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2137
2138 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2139 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2140
2141 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2142 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2143
2144 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2145 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2146
2147 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2148
2149 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2150 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2151
2152 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2153
2154 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2155 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2156
2157 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2158
2159 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2160
2161 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2162 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2163
2164 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2165 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2166
2167 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2168
2169 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2170 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2171
2172 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2173
2174 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2175
2176 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2177 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2178 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2179 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2180 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2181
2182 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2183
2184 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2185
2186 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2187
2188 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2189
2190 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2191
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002192 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2193
2194 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2195 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2196
2197 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2198
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002199 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2200
2201 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2202
2203 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2204
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002205 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2206
2207 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2208
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002209 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2210
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002211 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002212
2213 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2214
2215 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2216
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002217 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2218 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2219 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2220
2221 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2222 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2223
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002224 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2225
2226 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2227
2228 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2229
2230 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2231
2232 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2233
2234 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2235 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2236
2237 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2238 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2239
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07002240 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2241 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2244 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2245
2246 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2247 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2248
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002249 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2250 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2251
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002252 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2253
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002254 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2258 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2261
2262 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2263
2264 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2265
2266 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2267
2268 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2269
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002270 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2271 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2272
2273 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2274
2275 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2276 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2277 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2278 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2281
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002282 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2283 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2286
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002287 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2288
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002289 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002290
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002291 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2292 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2293
2294 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2299
2300 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2301 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2302 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2303
2304 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2305
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002306 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2307
2308 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2309
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002310 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2313
2314 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2315
2316 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2317
2318 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2319
2320 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2321
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002322 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2323 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2324 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2325 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2326
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002327 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2328
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002329 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2330
2331 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2332
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002333 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2336
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002337 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2338 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2339
2340 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2341 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2342 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2343 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2344
2345 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2346
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002347 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2348 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_DUAL,
2349 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2350 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2353 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2354
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002355 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2356
2357 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002358 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002359 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2360};
2361
2362/* source-level API compatibility */
2363#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002364#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002365#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002366#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002367
2368/*
2369 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2370 * here
2371 */
2372#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2373#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2374#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2375#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2376#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2377#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2378#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2379#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2380#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2381#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2382#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2383#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2384#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2385#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2386#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2387#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2388#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2389#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2390#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2391#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002392#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002393
2394#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002395#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002396#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002397#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2398#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2399#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2400#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002401#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002402
2403#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2404#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2405
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002406#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2407
2408/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2409#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2410
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002411#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2412
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002413/**
2414 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2415 *
2416 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2417 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2418 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2419 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002420 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2421 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2422 * AP type interface.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002423 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2424 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2425 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2426 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2427 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002428 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2429 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2430 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2431 * commands to create and destroy one
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002432 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2433 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002434 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002435 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2436 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2437 *
2438 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2439 * to set the type of an interface.
2440 *
2441 */
2442enum nl80211_iftype {
2443 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2444 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2445 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2446 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2447 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2448 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2449 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2450 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2451 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2452 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002453 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002454 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002455 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002456
2457 /* keep last */
2458 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2459 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2460};
2461
2462/**
2463 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2464 *
2465 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2466 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2467 *
2468 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2469 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2470 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2471 * with short barker preamble
2472 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2473 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002474 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002475 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2476 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2477 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2478 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2479 * as errors.)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002480 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2481 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2482 * previously added station into associated state
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002483 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2484 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2485 */
2486enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2487 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2488 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2489 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2490 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2491 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002492 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2493 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002494 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002495
2496 /* keep last */
2497 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2498 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2499};
2500
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002501/**
2502 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2503 *
2504 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2505 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2506 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2507 */
2508enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2509 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2510 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2511
2512 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2513};
2514
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002515#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2516
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002517/**
2518 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2519 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2520 * @set: which values to set them to
2521 *
2522 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2523 */
2524struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2525 __u32 mask;
2526 __u32 set;
2527} __attribute__((packed));
2528
2529/**
2530 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2531 *
2532 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2533 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002534 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2535 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2536 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2537 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2538 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2539 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2540 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002541 *
2542 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2543 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2544 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002545 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002546 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002547 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002548 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002549 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2550 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2551 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002552 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2553 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002554 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002555 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2556 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2557 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2558 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2559 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2560 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002561 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2562 */
2563enum nl80211_rate_info {
2564 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2565 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2566 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2567 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2568 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002569 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002570 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2571 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2572 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2573 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2574 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002575 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2576 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002577
2578 /* keep last */
2579 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2580 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2581};
2582
2583/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002584 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2585 *
2586 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2587 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2588 *
2589 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2590 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2591 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2592 * (flag)
2593 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2594 * (flag)
2595 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2596 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2597 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2598 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2599 */
2600enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2601 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2602 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2603 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2604 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2605 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2606 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2607
2608 /* keep last */
2609 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2610 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2611};
2612
2613/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002614 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2615 *
2616 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2617 * when getting information about a station.
2618 *
2619 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2620 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002621 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2622 * (u32, from this station)
2623 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2624 * (u32, to this station)
2625 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2626 * (u64, from this station)
2627 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2628 * (u64, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002629 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2630 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002631 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002632 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2633 * (u32, from this station)
2634 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2635 * (u32, to this station)
2636 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2637 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2638 * (u32, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002639 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002640 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2641 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2642 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2643 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2644 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2645 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2646 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2647 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2648 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2649 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002650 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002651 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002652 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2653 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2654 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2655 * non-peer STA
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002656 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2657 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2658 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2659 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002660 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2661 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002662 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2663 * (u64)
2664 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2665 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2666 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2667 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2668 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2669 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2670 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2671 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002672 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2673 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2674 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002675 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2676 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002677 */
2678enum nl80211_sta_info {
2679 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2680 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2681 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2682 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2683 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2684 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2685 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2686 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2687 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2688 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2689 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2690 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2691 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2692 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002693 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2694 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2695 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2696 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002697 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002698 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002699 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2700 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2701 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2702 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2703 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002704 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2705 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002706 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002707 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2708 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2709 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2710 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002711 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2712 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002713
2714 /* keep last */
2715 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2716 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2717};
2718
2719/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002720 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2721 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2722 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2723 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2724 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2725 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2726 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2727 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2728 * MSDUs (u64)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002729 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002730 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2731 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2732 */
2733enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2734 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2735 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2736 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2737 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2738 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002739 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002740
2741 /* keep last */
2742 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2743 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2744};
2745
2746/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002747 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2748 *
2749 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2750 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2751 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2752 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2753 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2754 */
2755enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2756 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2757 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2758 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2759 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2760 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2761};
2762
2763/**
2764 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2765 *
2766 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2767 * information about a mesh path.
2768 *
2769 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2770 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2771 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2772 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2773 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2774 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2775 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2776 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2777 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2778 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2779 * currently defind
2780 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2781 */
2782enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2783 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2784 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2785 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2786 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2787 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2788 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2789 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2790 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2791
2792 /* keep last */
2793 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2794 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2795};
2796
2797/**
2798 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2799 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2800 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2801 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2802 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2803 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
2804 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2805 * defined in 802.11n
2806 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2807 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2808 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002809 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2810 * defined in 802.11ac
2811 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002812 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2813 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2814 */
2815enum nl80211_band_attr {
2816 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2817 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2818 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2819
2820 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2821 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2822 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2823 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2824
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002825 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2826 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2827
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002828 /* keep last */
2829 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2830 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2831};
2832
2833#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2834
2835/**
2836 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2837 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2838 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2839 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2840 * regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002841 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
2842 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
2843 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002844 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
2845 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2846 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
2847 * (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002848 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
2849 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
2850 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
2851 * this channel is in this DFS state.
2852 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
2853 * channel as the control channel
2854 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
2855 * channel as the control channel
2856 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
2857 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
2858 * this includes 80+80 channels
2859 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
2860 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
2861 * isn't possible
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002862 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002863 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
2864 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
2865 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
2866 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
2867 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
2868 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002869 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002870 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
2871 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002872 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
2873 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
2874 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
2875 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
2876 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
2877 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
2878 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
2879 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002880 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
2881 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
2882 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
2883 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002884 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
2885 * currently defined
2886 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002887 *
2888 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
2889 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
2890 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002891 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002892 */
2893enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
2894 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
2895 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
2896 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002897 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
2898 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002899 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
2900 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002901 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
2902 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
2903 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
2904 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
2905 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
2906 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002907 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002908 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002909 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002910 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
2911 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002912
2913 /* keep last */
2914 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2915 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2916};
2917
2918#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002919#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2920#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
2921#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002922#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
2923 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002924
2925/**
2926 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
2927 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2928 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
2929 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
2930 * in 2.4 GHz band.
2931 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
2932 * currently defined
2933 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2934 */
2935enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
2936 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
2937 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
2938 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
2939
2940 /* keep last */
2941 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2942 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2943};
2944
2945/**
2946 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
2947 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
2948 * regulatory domain.
2949 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
2950 * regulatory domain.
2951 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
2952 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
2953 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
2954 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
2955 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
2956 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002957 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002958 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
2959 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
2960 */
2961enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
2962 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
2963 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
2964 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
2965 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
2966};
2967
2968/**
2969 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
2970 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
2971 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
2972 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
2973 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
2974 * domain.
2975 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
2976 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
2977 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
2978 * them to be applied.
2979 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
2980 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
2981 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
2982 * domain request to be processed.
2983 */
2984enum nl80211_reg_type {
2985 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
2986 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
2987 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
2988 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
2989};
2990
2991/**
2992 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
2993 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2994 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
2995 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
2996 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
2997 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
2998 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
2999 * band edge.
3000 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3001 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3002 * band edge.
3003 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003004 * frequency range, in KHz.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003005 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3006 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3007 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3008 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3009 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003010 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3011 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003012 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3013 * currently defined
3014 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3015 */
3016enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3017 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3019
3020 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3021 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3022 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3023
3024 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3025 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3026
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003027 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3028
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003029 /* keep last */
3030 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3031 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3032};
3033
3034/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003035 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3036 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3037 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003038 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003039 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003040 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3041 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3042 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3043 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3044 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3045 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3046 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003047 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3048 * attribute number currently defined
3049 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3050 */
3051enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3052 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3053
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003054 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3055 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003056
3057 /* keep last */
3058 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3059 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3060 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3061};
3062
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003063/* only for backward compatibility */
3064#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3065
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003066/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003067 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3068 *
3069 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3070 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3071 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3072 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3073 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3074 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3075 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003076 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3077 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3078 * beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003079 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3080 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3081 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003082 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003083 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3084 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3085 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3086 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003087 */
3088enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3089 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3090 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3091 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3092 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3093 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3094 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3095 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003096 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3097 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003098 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003099 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003100 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3101 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3102 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3103 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003104};
3105
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003106#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3107#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3108#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003109#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3110 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003111#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003112
3113/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3114#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3115
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003116/**
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003117 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3118 *
3119 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003120 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3121 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3122 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003123 */
3124enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3125 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3126 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3127 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3128 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3129};
3130
3131/**
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003132 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3133 *
3134 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3135 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3136 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3137 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3138 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3139 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3140 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3141 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3142 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3143 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3144 * supported feature.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003145 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3146 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003147 */
3148enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3149 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3150 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003151 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003152};
3153
3154/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003155 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3156 *
3157 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3158 * when getting information about a survey.
3159 *
3160 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3161 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3162 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3163 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003164 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3165 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3166 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003167 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003168 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003169 * channel was sensed busy
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003170 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3171 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3172 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3173 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3174 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3175 * (on this channel or globally)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003176 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003177 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3178 * currently defined
3179 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3180 */
3181enum nl80211_survey_info {
3182 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3183 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3184 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3185 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003186 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3187 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3188 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3189 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3190 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3191 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003192 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003193
3194 /* keep last */
3195 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3196 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3197};
3198
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003199/* keep old names for compatibility */
3200#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3201#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3202#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3203#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3204#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3205
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003206/**
3207 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3208 *
3209 * Monitor configuration flags.
3210 *
3211 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3212 *
3213 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3214 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3215 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3216 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3217 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3218 * overrides all other flags.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003219 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3220 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003221 *
3222 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3223 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3224 */
3225enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3226 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3227 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3228 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3229 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3230 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3231 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003232 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003233
3234 /* keep last */
3235 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3236 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3237};
3238
3239/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003240 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3241 *
3242 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3243 * not known or has not been set yet.
3244 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3245 * in Awake state all the time.
3246 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3247 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3248 * neighbor's beacons.
3249 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3250 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3251 * for neighbor's beacons.
3252 *
3253 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3254 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3255 */
3256
3257enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3258 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3259 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3260 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3261 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3262
3263 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3264 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3265};
3266
3267/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003268 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3269 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003270 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3271 * active.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003272 *
3273 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3274 *
3275 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003276 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003277 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003278 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003279 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003280 *
3281 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003282 * millisecond units
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003283 *
3284 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003285 * on this mesh interface
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003286 *
3287 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003288 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3289 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003290 *
3291 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003292 * point.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003293 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003294 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3295 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3296 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3297 * set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003298 *
3299 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003300 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3301 * target)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003302 *
3303 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003304 * (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003305 *
3306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003307 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003308 *
3309 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003310 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3311 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003312 *
3313 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003314 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3315 * reference element
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003316 *
3317 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003318 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3319 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003320 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003321 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3322 *
3323 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003324 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003325 *
3326 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003327 * root announcements are transmitted.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003328 *
3329 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003330 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3331 * Announcement frames.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003332 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003333 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003334 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3335 * PERR element.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003336 *
3337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003338 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3339 *
3340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3341 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3342 * a peer link.
3343 *
3344 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3345 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3346 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3347 *
3348 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003349 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003350 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3351 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003352 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3353 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3354 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3355 *
3356 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3357 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3358 *
3359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3360 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3361 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3362 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003363 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3364 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3365 *
3366 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3367 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003368 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3369 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003370 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3371 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003372 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003373 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3374 */
3375enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3376 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3377 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3378 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3379 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3380 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3381 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3382 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3383 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3384 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3385 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3386 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3387 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3388 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3389 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3390 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3391 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003392 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3393 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003394 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3395 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003396 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3397 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3398 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3399 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3400 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3401 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003402 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3403 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003404 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003405
3406 /* keep last */
3407 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3408 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3409};
3410
3411/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003412 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3413 *
3414 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3415 * changed while the mesh is active.
3416 *
3417 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3418 *
3419 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003420 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3421 * default HWMP.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003422 *
3423 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003424 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3425 * metric.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003426 *
3427 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003428 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3429 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3430 * metrics in use.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003431 *
3432 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003433 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003434 *
3435 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003436 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3437 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3438 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3439 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3440 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3441 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3442 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3443 * userspace daemon.
3444 *
3445 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3446 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3447 * neighbor offset synchronization
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003448 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003449 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3450 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3451 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003452 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3453 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3454 * Default is no authentication method required.
3455 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003456 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003457 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003458 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3459 */
3460enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3461 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3462 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3463 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3464 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3465 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3466 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003467 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07003468 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003469 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003470
3471 /* keep last */
3472 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3473 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3474};
3475
3476/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003477 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3478 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003479 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003480 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3481 * disabled
3482 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3483 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3484 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3485 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3486 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3487 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3488 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3489 */
3490enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3491 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003492 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003493 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3494 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3495 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3496 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3497
3498 /* keep last */
3499 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3500 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3501};
3502
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003503enum nl80211_ac {
3504 NL80211_AC_VO,
3505 NL80211_AC_VI,
3506 NL80211_AC_BE,
3507 NL80211_AC_BK,
3508 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003509};
3510
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003511/* backward compat */
3512#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3513#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3514#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3515#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3516#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3517
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003518/**
3519 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3520 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3521 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3522 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3523 * below the control channel
3524 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3525 * above the control channel
3526 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003527enum nl80211_channel_type {
3528 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3529 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3530 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3531 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3532};
3533
3534/**
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003535 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3536 *
3537 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3538 * attribute.
3539 *
3540 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3541 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3542 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3543 * attribute must be provided as well
3544 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3545 * attribute must be provided as well
3546 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3547 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3548 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3549 * attribute must be provided as well
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003550 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3551 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003552 */
3553enum nl80211_chan_width {
3554 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3555 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3556 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3557 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3558 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3559 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003560 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3561 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3562};
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3566 *
3567 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3568 *
3569 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3570 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3571 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3572 */
3573enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3574 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3575 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3576 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003577};
3578
3579/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003580 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3581 *
3582 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3583 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3584 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3585 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003586 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3587 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3588 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003589 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3590 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3591 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3592 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003593 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3594 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3595 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003596 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3597 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003598 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3599 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003600 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3601 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3602 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3603 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3604 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3605 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3606 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3607 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3608 * yet been received
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003609 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3610 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003611 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3612 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3613 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3614 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003615 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3616 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3617 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003618 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003619 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3620 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3621 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3622 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3623 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3624 * is set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003625 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3626 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3627 */
3628enum nl80211_bss {
3629 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3630 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3631 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3632 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3633 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3634 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3635 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3636 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3637 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3638 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3639 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3640 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003641 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003642 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3643 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08003644 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003645 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07003646 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3647 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003648
3649 /* keep last */
3650 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3651 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3652};
3653
3654/**
3655 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3656 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003657 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3658 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3659 * a given BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003660 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3661 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3662 *
3663 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3664 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3665 */
3666enum nl80211_bss_status {
3667 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3668 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3669 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3670};
3671
3672/**
3673 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3674 *
3675 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3676 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3677 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3678 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003679 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08003680 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3681 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3682 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003683 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3684 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3685 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3686 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3687 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3688 */
3689enum nl80211_auth_type {
3690 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3691 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3692 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3693 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08003694 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08003695 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3696 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3697 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003698
3699 /* keep last */
3700 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3701 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3702 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3703};
3704
3705/**
3706 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3707 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3708 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3709 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3710 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3711 */
3712enum nl80211_key_type {
3713 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3714 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3715 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3716
3717 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3718};
3719
3720/**
3721 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3722 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3723 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3724 */
3725enum nl80211_mfp {
3726 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3727 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3728};
3729
3730enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3731 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3732 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3733};
3734
3735/**
3736 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3737 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3738 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3739 * unicast key
3740 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3741 * multicast key
3742 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3743 */
3744enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3745 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3746 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3747 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3748
3749 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3750};
3751
3752/**
3753 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3754 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3755 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3756 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3757 * keys
3758 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3759 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3760 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3761 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3762 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3763 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3764 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3765 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3766 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3767 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3768 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3769 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3770 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3771 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3772 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3773 */
3774enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3775 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3776 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3777 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3778 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3779 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3780 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3781 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3782 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3783 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3784
3785 /* keep last */
3786 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3787 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3788};
3789
3790/**
3791 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3792 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3793 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3794 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3795 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3796 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003797 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003798 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003799 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3800 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003801 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003802 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3803 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3804 */
3805enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3806 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3807 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003808 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3809 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003810 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003811
3812 /* keep last */
3813 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3814 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3815};
3816
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003817#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3818#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3819
3820/**
3821 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3822 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3823 */
3824struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3825 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3826};
3827
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003828enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
3829 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
3830 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
3831 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
3832};
3833
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003834/**
3835 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
3836 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
3837 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003838 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003839 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
3840 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003841 */
3842enum nl80211_band {
3843 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
3844 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003845 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003846
3847 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003848};
3849
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003850/**
3851 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
3852 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
3853 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
3854 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003855enum nl80211_ps_state {
3856 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
3857 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
3858};
3859
3860/**
3861 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
3862 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
3863 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
3864 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
3865 * to disable.
3866 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
3867 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
3868 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
3869 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
3870 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
3871 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003872 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
3873 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
3874 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
3875 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
3876 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
3877 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
3878 * checked.
3879 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
3880 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
3881 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
3882 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003883 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
3884 * loss event
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003885 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
3886 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
3887 */
3888enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
3889 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
3890 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
3891 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
3892 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
3893 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003894 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
3895 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
3896 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003897 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003898
3899 /* keep last */
3900 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
3901 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3902};
3903
3904/**
3905 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
3906 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
3907 * configured threshold
3908 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
3909 * configured threshold
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003910 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003911 */
3912enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
3913 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
3914 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003915 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003916};
3917
3918
3919/**
3920 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
3921 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
3922 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
3923 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
3924 */
3925enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
3926 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
3927 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
3928 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
3929};
3930
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003931/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003932 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
3933 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
3934 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003935 * a zero bit are ignored
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003936 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003937 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
3938 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
3939 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
3940 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
3941 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
3942 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003943 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003944 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
3945 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
3946 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003947 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003948 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003949 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
3950 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003951 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003952enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
3953 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
3954 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
3955 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
3956 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003957
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003958 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
3959 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003960};
3961
3962/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003963 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003964 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
3965 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
3966 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003967 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003968 *
3969 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003970 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
3971 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
3972 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
3973 * by the kernel to userspace.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003974 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003975struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003976 __u32 max_patterns;
3977 __u32 min_pattern_len;
3978 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003979 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003980} __attribute__((packed));
3981
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003982/* only for backward compatibility */
3983#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
3984#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
3985#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
3986#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
3987#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
3988#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
3989#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
3990
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003991/**
3992 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
3993 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
3994 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
3995 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
3996 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003997 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
3998 * any others are even supported by the device.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003999 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4000 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4001 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4002 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4003 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4004 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4005 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004006 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4007 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4008 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4009 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004010 *
4011 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004012 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004013 *
4014 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4015 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4016 * to the kernel when configuring.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004017 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4018 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4019 * by the device (flag)
4020 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4021 * done by the device) (flag)
4022 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4023 * packet (flag)
4024 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4025 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4026 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004027 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4028 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4029 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4030 * attribute contains the original length.
4031 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4032 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4033 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4034 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4035 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4036 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4037 * contains the original length.
4038 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4039 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4040 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4041 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4042 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4043 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4044 * the TCP connection.
4045 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4046 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4047 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4048 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4049 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4050 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4051 * service
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004052 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4053 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4054 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004055 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4056 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4057 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4058 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4059 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4060 * supported by the driver (u32).
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004061 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4062 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4063 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4064 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4065 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4066 * occurred.
4067 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4068 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4069 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4070 * these attributes must be present. If
4071 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4072 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4073 * channel.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004074 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4075 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004076 *
4077 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4078 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004079 */
4080enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4081 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4082 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4083 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4084 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4085 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4086 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4087 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4088 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4089 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4090 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004091 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4092 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4093 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4094 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4095 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4096 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4097 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4098 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004099 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4100 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004101
4102 /* keep last */
4103 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4104 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4105};
4106
4107/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004108 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4109 *
4110 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4111 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4112 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4113 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4114 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4115 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4116 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4117 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4118 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4119 *
4120 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4121 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4122 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4123 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4124 * also woken up.
4125 *
4126 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4127 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4128 */
4129
4130/**
4131 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4132 * @start: starting value
4133 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4134 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4135 *
4136 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4137 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4138 * in little endian.
4139 */
4140struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4141 __u32 start, offset, len;
4142};
4143
4144/**
4145 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4146 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4147 * @len: length of each token
4148 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4149 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4150 */
4151struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4152 __u32 offset, len;
4153 __u8 token_stream[];
4154};
4155
4156/**
4157 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4158 * @min_len: minimum token length
4159 * @max_len: maximum token length
4160 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4161 */
4162struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4163 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4164};
4165
4166/**
4167 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4168 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4169 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4170 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4171 * (in network byte order)
4172 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4173 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4174 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4175 * might require ARP querying.
4176 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4177 * socket and port will be allocated
4178 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4179 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4180 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4181 * of the data payload.
4182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4183 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4184 * advertising it is just a flag
4185 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4186 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4187 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4188 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4189 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4190 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4191 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4192 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004193 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004194 * but on the TCP payload only.
4195 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4196 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4197 */
4198enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4199 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4200 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4201 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4202 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4203 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4204 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4205 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4206 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4207 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4208 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4209 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4210 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4211
4212 /* keep last */
4213 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4214 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4215};
4216
4217/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004218 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4219 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4220 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4221 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4222 *
4223 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4224 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4225 */
4226struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4227 __u32 max_rules;
4228 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4229 __u32 max_delay;
4230} __attribute__((packed));
4231
4232/**
4233 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4234 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4235 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4236 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4237 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4238 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4239 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4240 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4241 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4242 */
4243enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4244 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4245 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4246 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4247 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4248
4249 /* keep last */
4250 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4251 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4252};
4253
4254/**
4255 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4256 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4257 * in a rule are matched.
4258 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4259 * in a rule are not matched.
4260 */
4261enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4262 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4263 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4264};
4265
4266/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004267 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4268 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4269 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4270 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4271 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4272 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4273 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4274 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4275 */
4276enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4277 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4278 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4279 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4280
4281 /* keep last */
4282 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4283 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4284};
4285
4286/**
4287 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4288 *
4289 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4290 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4291 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4292 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4293 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4294 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4295 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4296 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4297 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4298 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4299 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4300 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4301 * different channels may be used within this group.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004302 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4303 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004304 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4305 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004306 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4307 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4308 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004309 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4310 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4311 *
4312 * Examples:
4313 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4314 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4315 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004316 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4317 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004318 *
4319 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4320 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4321 *
4322 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4323 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4324 *
4325 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4326 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4327 * that any of these groups must match.
4328 *
4329 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4330 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4331 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4332 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4333 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4334 */
4335enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4336 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4337 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4338 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4339 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4340 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004341 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004342 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004343 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004344
4345 /* keep last */
4346 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4347 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4348};
4349
4350
4351/**
4352 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4353 *
4354 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4355 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4356 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4357 * this mesh peer
4358 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4359 * from this mesh peer
4360 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4361 * received from this mesh peer
4362 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4363 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4364 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4365 * plink are discarded
4366 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4367 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4368 */
4369enum nl80211_plink_state {
4370 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4371 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4372 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4373 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4374 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4375 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4376 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4377
4378 /* keep last */
4379 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4380 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4381};
4382
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004383/**
4384 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4385 *
4386 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4387 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4388 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4389 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4390 */
4391enum plink_actions {
4392 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4393 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4394 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4395
4396 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4397};
4398
4399
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004400#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4401#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4402#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4403
4404/**
4405 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4406 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4407 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4408 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4409 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4410 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4411 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4412 */
4413enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4414 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4415 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4416 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4417 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4418
4419 /* keep last */
4420 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4421 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4422};
4423
4424/**
4425 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4426 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4427 * Beacon frames)
4428 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4429 * in Beacon frames
4430 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4431 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4432 */
4433enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4434 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4435 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4436 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4437};
4438
4439/**
4440 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4441 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4442 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4443 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4444 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4445 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4446 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4447 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4448 */
4449enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4450 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4451 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4452 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4453
4454 /* keep last */
4455 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4456 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4457};
4458
4459/**
4460 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4461 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4462 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4463 * priority)
4464 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4465 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4466 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4467 * (internal)
4468 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4469 * (internal)
4470 */
4471enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4472 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4473 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4474 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4475 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4476
4477 /* keep last */
4478 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4479 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4480};
4481
4482/**
4483 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4484 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4485 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4486 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4487 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4488 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4489 */
4490enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4491 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4492 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4493 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4494 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4495 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4496};
4497
4498/*
4499 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4500 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4501 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4502enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4503};
4504 */
4505
4506/**
4507 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4508 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4509 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4510 * socket option.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004511 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004512 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4513 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004514 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4515 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4516 * cellular base stations.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004517 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4518 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004519 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4520 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4521 * mode
4522 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4523 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4524 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4525 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4526 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4527 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4528 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004529 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4530 * setting
4531 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4532 * powersave
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004533 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4534 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4535 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4536 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4537 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4538 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4539 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4540 * states using station flags.
4541 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4542 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4543 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4544 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4545 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004546 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4547 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4548 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4549 * still generated by the driver.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004550 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4551 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4552 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4553 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004554 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4555 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4556 * lifetime of a BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004557 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4558 * Set IE to probe requests.
4559 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4560 * to probe requests.
4561 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4562 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4563 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4564 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4565 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4566 * Measurement Report action frame.
4567 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4568 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4569 * to enable dynack.
4570 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4571 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4572 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4573 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4574 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4575 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4576 * rts/cts handshake.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004577 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4578 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4579 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4580 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4581 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4582 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4583 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4584 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4585 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4586 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4587 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4588 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4589 * address mask/value will be used.
4590 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4591 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4592 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4593 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4594 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4595 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4596 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4597 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004598 */
4599enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004600 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4601 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4602 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4603 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004604 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004605 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4606 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4607 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4608 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4609 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4610 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004611 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4612 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004613 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4614 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4615 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004616 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004617 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07004618 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004619 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4620 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4621 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4622 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4623 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4624 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4625 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004626 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4627 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4628 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4629 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4630 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4631 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004632};
4633
4634/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004635 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004637 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4638 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4639 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4640 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4641 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004642 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4643 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4644 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4645 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4646 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4647 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4648 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4649 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4650 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4651 * (if available).
4652 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4653 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4654 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4655 * (if available).
4656 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4657 * channel dwell time.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004658 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4659 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4660 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4661 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4662 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4663 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
4664 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4665 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004666 *
4667 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4668 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4669 */
4670enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4671 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004672 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004673 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4674 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4675 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4676 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004677 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4678 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4679 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
4680 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004681
4682 /* add new features before the definition below */
4683 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4684 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
4685};
4686
4687/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004688 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4689 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4690 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4691 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4692 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4693 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4694 * to the host.
4695 *
4696 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4697 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4698 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4699 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4700 */
4701enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4702 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4703 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4704 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4705 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4706};
4707
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004708/**
4709 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4710 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4711 * handled by the AP is reached.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004712 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004713 */
4714enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4715 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4716 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4717};
4718
4719/**
4720 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4721 *
4722 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4723 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4724 * requests.
4725 *
4726 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4727 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4728 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4729 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4730 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4731 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4732 * when really needed
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004733 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4734 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4735 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4736 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4737 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4738 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4739 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4740 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4741 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004742 */
4743enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4744 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4745 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
4746 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004747 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004748};
4749
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004750/**
4751 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4752 *
4753 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4754 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4755 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4756 *
4757 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4758 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4759 * in ACL to authenticate.
4760 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4761 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4762 */
4763enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4764 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4765 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4766};
4767
4768/**
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004769 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4770 *
4771 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4772 *
4773 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4774 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4775 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4776 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4777 */
4778enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4779 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4780 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4781 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4782
4783 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4784 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4785};
4786
4787/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004788 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4789 *
4790 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
4791 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
4792 *
4793 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
4794 * now unusable.
4795 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
4796 * the channel is now available.
4797 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
4798 * change to the channel status.
4799 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
4800 * over, channel becomes usable.
4801 */
4802enum nl80211_radar_event {
4803 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
4804 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
4805 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
4806 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
4807};
4808
4809/**
4810 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
4811 *
4812 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
4813 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004814 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004815 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004816 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004817 * is therefore marked as not available.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004818 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004819 */
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004820enum nl80211_dfs_state {
4821 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
4822 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
4823 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
4824};
4825
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004826/**
4827 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
4828 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
4829 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
4830 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
4831 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
4832 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
4833 */
4834enum nl80211_protocol_features {
4835 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
4836};
4837
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07004838/**
4839 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
4840 *
4841 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
4842 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
4843 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
4844 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
4845 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
4846 */
4847enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
4848 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
4849 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
4850 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
4851 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
4852 /* add other protocols before this one */
4853 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
4854};
4855
4856/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
4857#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
4858
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004859/**
4860 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
4861 *
4862 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
4863 *
4864 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
4865 */
4866enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
4867 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
4868};
4869
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004870/*
4871 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
4872 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
4873 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
4874 */
4875#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
4876
4877/**
4878 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
4879 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
4880 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
4881 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
4882 * added to this file when needed.
4883 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
4884 */
4885struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
4886 __u32 vendor_id;
4887 __u32 subcmd;
4888};
4889
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07004890/**
4891 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
4892 *
4893 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
4894 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
4895 *
4896 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
4897 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
4898 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
4899 */
4900enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
4901 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
4902 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
4903 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
4904};
4905
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08004906/**
4907 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
4908 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4909 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
4910 * seconds (u32).
4911 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
4912 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
4913 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
4914 * make the scan plan meaningless.
4915 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
4916 * currently defined
4917 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4918 */
4919enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
4920 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
4921 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
4922 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
4923
4924 /* keep last */
4925 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
4926 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
4927 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
4928};
4929
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07004930/**
4931 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
4932 *
4933 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment.
4934 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS.
4935 */
4936struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
4937 __u8 band;
4938 __s8 delta;
4939} __attribute__((packed));
4940
4941/**
4942 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
4943 *
4944 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
4945 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
4946 * is requested.
4947 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
4948 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
4949 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
4950 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
4951 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
4952 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4953 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4954 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4955 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4956 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
4957 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
4958 *
4959 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
4960 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
4961 * which the driver shall use.
4962 */
4963enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
4964 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
4965 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
4966 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
4967 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4968
4969 /* keep last */
4970 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4971 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4972};
4973
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004974/**
4975 * enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf - NAN dual band configuration
4976 *
4977 * Defines the NAN dual band mode of operation
4978 *
4979 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT: device default mode
4980 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz mode
4981 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ: 5GHz mode
4982 */
4983enum nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf {
4984 NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT = 1 << 0,
4985 NL80211_NAN_BAND_2GHZ = 1 << 1,
4986 NL80211_NAN_BAND_5GHZ = 1 << 2,
4987};
4988
4989/**
4990 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
4991 *
4992 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
4993 *
4994 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
4995 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
4996 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
4997 */
4998enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
4999 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5000 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5001 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5002
5003 /* keep last */
5004 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5005 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5006};
5007
5008/**
5009 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5010 *
5011 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5012 *
5013 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5014 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5015 */
5016enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5017 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5018 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5019};
5020
5021/**
5022 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5023 *
5024 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5025 *
5026 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5027 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5028 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5029 */
5030enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5031 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5032 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5033 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5034};
5035
5036#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5037#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5038#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5039
5040/**
5041 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5042 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5043 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5044 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5045 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5046 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5047 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5048 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5049 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5050 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5051 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5052 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5053 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5054 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5055 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5056 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5057 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5058 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5059 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5060 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5061 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5062 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5063 * This is a flag.
5064 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5065 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5066 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5067 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5068 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5069 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5070 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5071 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5072 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5073 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5074 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5075 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5076 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5077 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5078 *
5079 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5080 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5081 */
5082enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5083 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5084 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5085 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5086 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5087 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5088 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5089 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5090 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5091 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5092 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5093 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5094 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5095 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5096 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5097 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5098 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5099 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5100
5101 /* keep last */
5102 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5103 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5104};
5105
5106/**
5107 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5108 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5109 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5110 * This is a flag.
5111 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5112 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5113 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5114 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5115 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5116 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5117 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5118 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5119 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5120 */
5121enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5122 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5123 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5124 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5125 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5126 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5127
5128 /* keep last */
5129 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5130 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5131};
5132
5133/**
5134 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5135 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5136 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5137 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5138 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5139 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5140 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5141 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5142 *
5143 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5144 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5145 */
5146enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5147 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5148 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5149 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5150
5151 /* keep last */
5152 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5153 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5154};
5155
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07005156#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */